geo ogical data ac ui iti ystem - province of manitoba · 2014. 6. 5. · gp1175 .. ma itoba...
TRANSCRIPT
GP1175
MA ITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH
GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175
GEO OGICAL DATA AC UI ITI SORA E A D RETRI VAL
YSTEM
By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie
Sept 1975
Electronic Capture 2011 The PDF file from which this document was printed was generated by scanning an original copy of the publication Because the capture method used was Searchable Image (Exact) it was not possible to proofread the resulting file to remove errors resulting from the capture process Users should therefore verify critical information in an original copy of the publication
GP1175
MANITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH
GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
SYSTEMS
By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie
Sept 1975
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction 5
Basic Format Requirements 5
Mode of Operation 5
Description of Data Sheets 10
Field Sheets
A) Structural Data 6
B) Petrologic Data 7
C) Geochemical Data 16
Laboratory Sheets 8 9
A) Petrographic Data 10
Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12
Data Decoding 15
Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24
Rules for Coding 24
Discussion 24
Past Performance 25
1974 Field Document Design 25
Future Developments 26
Acknowledgements 27
List of References 27
3
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS
Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University
of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments
Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the
early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are
(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)
(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)
(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded
(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project
(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped
(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized
(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections
Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction
with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs
Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project
The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the
5
-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST
-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES
21 22 23 n
sD D D D D OIF
30 31 32
o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0
() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC
FRACTURE CLEAV
STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV
M ICROCRENULAT IONS
BOUDINAGE
DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS
RODOING
SPACING
lt10 eM
10middot50 eM
50middottoO eM
gt100 eM
(J
li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~
GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND
SULPHIDES OTHER
32
ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE
PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP
33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45
D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE
48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60
DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH
TYPE D
Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966
6
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Electronic Capture 2011 The PDF file from which this document was printed was generated by scanning an original copy of the publication Because the capture method used was Searchable Image (Exact) it was not possible to proofread the resulting file to remove errors resulting from the capture process Users should therefore verify critical information in an original copy of the publication
GP1175
MANITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH
GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
SYSTEMS
By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie
Sept 1975
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction 5
Basic Format Requirements 5
Mode of Operation 5
Description of Data Sheets 10
Field Sheets
A) Structural Data 6
B) Petrologic Data 7
C) Geochemical Data 16
Laboratory Sheets 8 9
A) Petrographic Data 10
Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12
Data Decoding 15
Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24
Rules for Coding 24
Discussion 24
Past Performance 25
1974 Field Document Design 25
Future Developments 26
Acknowledgements 27
List of References 27
3
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS
Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University
of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments
Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the
early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are
(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)
(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)
(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded
(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project
(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped
(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized
(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections
Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction
with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs
Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project
The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the
5
-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST
-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES
21 22 23 n
sD D D D D OIF
30 31 32
o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0
() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC
FRACTURE CLEAV
STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV
M ICROCRENULAT IONS
BOUDINAGE
DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS
RODOING
SPACING
lt10 eM
10middot50 eM
50middottoO eM
gt100 eM
(J
li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~
GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND
SULPHIDES OTHER
32
ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE
PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP
33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45
D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE
48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60
DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH
TYPE D
Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966
6
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
GP1175
MANITOBA DEPARTMENT OF MINES RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL SERVICES BRANCH
GEOLOGICAL PAPER 175
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
SYSTEMS
By T G Frohlinger and W D McRitchie
Sept 1975
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction 5
Basic Format Requirements 5
Mode of Operation 5
Description of Data Sheets 10
Field Sheets
A) Structural Data 6
B) Petrologic Data 7
C) Geochemical Data 16
Laboratory Sheets 8 9
A) Petrographic Data 10
Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12
Data Decoding 15
Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24
Rules for Coding 24
Discussion 24
Past Performance 25
1974 Field Document Design 25
Future Developments 26
Acknowledgements 27
List of References 27
3
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS
Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University
of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments
Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the
early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are
(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)
(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)
(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded
(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project
(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped
(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized
(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections
Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction
with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs
Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project
The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the
5
-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST
-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES
21 22 23 n
sD D D D D OIF
30 31 32
o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0
() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC
FRACTURE CLEAV
STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV
M ICROCRENULAT IONS
BOUDINAGE
DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS
RODOING
SPACING
lt10 eM
10middot50 eM
50middottoO eM
gt100 eM
(J
li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~
GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND
SULPHIDES OTHER
32
ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE
PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP
33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45
D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE
48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60
DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH
TYPE D
Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966
6
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction 5
Basic Format Requirements 5
Mode of Operation 5
Description of Data Sheets 10
Field Sheets
A) Structural Data 6
B) Petrologic Data 7
C) Geochemical Data 16
Laboratory Sheets 8 9
A) Petrographic Data 10
Miscellaneous Sheets 11 12
Data Decoding 15
Ranking of letters for the Franklin Method 24
Rules for Coding 24
Discussion 24
Past Performance 25
1974 Field Document Design 25
Future Developments 26
Acknowledgements 27
List of References 27
3
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS
Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University
of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments
Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the
early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are
(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)
(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)
(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded
(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project
(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped
(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized
(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections
Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction
with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs
Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project
The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the
5
-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST
-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES
21 22 23 n
sD D D D D OIF
30 31 32
o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0
() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC
FRACTURE CLEAV
STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV
M ICROCRENULAT IONS
BOUDINAGE
DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS
RODOING
SPACING
lt10 eM
10middot50 eM
50middottoO eM
gt100 eM
(J
li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~
GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND
SULPHIDES OTHER
32
ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE
PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP
33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45
D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE
48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60
DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH
TYPE D
Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966
6
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
MINERAL RESOURCES DIVISION
GEOLOGICAL DATA ACQUISITION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS
Introduction In 1966 the Geological Survey Section of the Mineral Resources Division and the University
of Manitoba Geology Department began work on Project Pioneer a joint program of detailed investigations in the Rice Lake-Beresford Lake area of south-eastern Manitoba During the planning stage of the project procedures were developed for the standardization and machine processing of the anticipated large volume of data Prototypes of structural and petrologic field data sheets (Figures 1 and 2) were used during the 1966 field season as primary input documents Subsequent experience has led to substantial improvements and modifications in content format and size of the earlier data sheets An attendant rapid increase in the size of the data file has also necessitated continuing refinements in data storage and processing techniques The folshylowing paper outlines the evolution of the Mineral Resources Division system describes its present components and their functions and briefly discusses intended developments
Basic Format Requirements Basic format requirements for data sheets were designated prior to the development of the
early data sheets It is important to note that subsequent revisions in design have not necessitated corresponding changes in the fundamental requirements for a functional design These are
(a) Format must be compatible with easy transfer of essential data to ao column punch cards for retrieval and processing (Punch cards are still used as an interim base for handling the data as they provide the capability for inexpensive card sorting functions which do not rely on access to a computer)
(b) Design should be specific yet comprehensive within the framework and aims of specific projects (Comprehensive universal sheets applicable to a wide variety of geological enshyvironment are needlessly bulky and contain a large percentage of categories which remain unused during the term of individual projects)
(c) Parameters defining data characteristics should be concise in that only a minimum number of terms should be coded
(d) Coded terms should be precise such that all classifications and terms are defined and standardized within the project
(e) Space should be allotted for both factual (hard-core) and interpretative (soft-core) data each being separately and distinctly grouped
(I) Format should allow for more than one sheet on each out-crop but excessive duplicashytion and repetition of reference and locational parameters from one sheet to the next should be avoided or at least minimized
(g) Coded parameters involving quantitative guesstimates should be omitted These parashymeters are best handled in the uncoded note sections
Mode of Operation The field documents are printed ahead of the field season and are used in conjunction
with checklists on which the various coded data parameters are listed for reference The curshyrent data collection procedure is based on a document (Figure 3b) in which the data items are kept separate from a flipsheet checklist (Figure 3c) The documents are available as both 5 x 7 or a x 11 sheets The smaller sheets can be accommodated in pocket size three ring plastic (tenite) binders The larger sheets which include preprinted checklists (Figure 3a) may be carried in aluminum clip boards together with aerial photographs
Seasonal assistants are briefed in the use of the documents prior to the field season and their working efficiency is closely monitored during the early weeks of actual usage Although rigorous definition of some terms is difficult and impractical standardization of working criteria is essential As field claSsifications evolve periodic reviews enable project geologists to update data sheets in the field thereby maintaining compatibility of individual data files within the project
The data sheets are also periodically verified in the field usually at the time the station coordinates are calculated and entered The sheets are keypunched en masse shortly after the
5
-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST
-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES
21 22 23 n
sD D D D D OIF
30 31 32
o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0
() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC
FRACTURE CLEAV
STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV
M ICROCRENULAT IONS
BOUDINAGE
DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS
RODOING
SPACING
lt10 eM
10middot50 eM
50middottoO eM
gt100 eM
(J
li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~
GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND
SULPHIDES OTHER
32
ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE
PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP
33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45
D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE
48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60
DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH
TYPE D
Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966
6
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
-~~~--- ~~~-shyPHOTO NO GEOLOGIST
-WHERE POSSIBLE ESTABLISH ACE RiLATIONSHIPS OF STRUcTuRAL FEATURES IN NOTES
21 22 23 n
sD D D D D OIF
30 31 32
o ~ SCHISTOSITY~NO SUP 0
() SCH ISTOSITY-SLIP CATACLASTIC
FRACTURE CLEAV
STRAIN-SLIP CLEAV
M ICROCRENULAT IONS
BOUDINAGE
DEFORMED CLASTS IGNEOUS INCLUSIONS
RODOING
SPACING
lt10 eM
10middot50 eM
50middottoO eM
gt100 eM
(J
li1 ~~~ -C- =-=~-~==== laquo TYPE O~
GRANITIC MAFIC QUARTZ CARBONATE OTZ amp CAR80NATE OT2 CARB amp SULPH SULPHIDES GRAPHITE GRAPHITE AND
SULPHIDES OTHER
32
ROCK TYPE AXIS AXIAL SURFACE
PLUNGpound AlIMUTH DIP
33 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45
D CI D D D ~-I L-IL-L shyORIENTED SAMPLE
48 49 S5 56 57 58 59 60
DO -=~--==J~~===~II====~==~==-r-----PHOTOGRAPH
TYPE D
Figure 1 Structural data field eheet 1966
6
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
U T M NORT HING GeOLOGIST DATE
FORM ROCK TyPE FORM ROCK TYPE 51 52 53 54 55
I I
iii jj7 68 69 70
4 _ L I 26 25 26 27 28
e L
~~7 J 3031 32 35~ ~
L L I CODE GEOL NUMBER 36 37 ~ 39 4Q 41
~Z II I I SAMPLESAMPLE Lj UCONDo
46 47 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE A u
GRATgtj SIZE D D Gf(A1N SIZE LJ U MI AV GRNSHP MIN MAX MI AV GRN SHP iii I
OO=CU 5 UUU~OU W
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONU U HUE COLOUR VAL GHR HUE COLOUR VAL CHR
COLOUR
GRAIN SIZE
FRAG
2U3L 5U 6L=J
ROCK TYPE 43 44 45GEOL FORM I I
46 49 50 48 9 50 ROCK TYPE
2 I NOTES
Figure 2 Petrological data field sheet 1966
7
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
I D
AT
E
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
OL
N
O
YR
U
TM
E
AS
TIN
G
UT
M
NO
RT
HIN
G
AIR
P
HO
TO
N
O
PH
OT
OG
RA
PH
[1 I 2
d d
) c
J
CJ
9
10
12
) I
r~~ I~
16
bull
17
18
1
19
I 2
0 I
CO
OE
O
NO
rES
(c
irC
le
be
ow
10
o
lerl
ke
yp
un
ch
op
era
or
) C
OO
EO
N
OT
ES
o u
21
TY
PE
N
ON
-D
IA
ST
RO
PH
IC
ST
RU
CT
UR
ES
L
AY
E R
IN
G
RO
CK
T
YP
E
I rr
B
ED
DIN
G
1 IG
NE
OU
S
D1F
F
5 Y
ES
1
E
5 TY
PE
N
OS
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
~--
--l
I I
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
2
INC
LU
SIO
N
LA
yE
RS
6
CR
OS
SB
ED
DIN
G
NO
2
PIL
LO
W
YN6
(se
e
mn
em
on
ic
co
de
s)
SOD
I If
I I
LIT
P
AR
L
IT
3 L
AI
ER
ING
IN
IN
CL
US
ION
S
7 G
RA
DE
D
BE
DD
ING
Y
E S
OT
HE
R
yES
7
22
2
) 2
-4
25
2
6
27
2
8
29
I
CA
TAC
LAS
TIC
bull
OTH
ER
(S
PE
CI
FY
I 6
NO
(S
PE
CIF
Y)
NO
6 2
2
23
24
2
5
26
2
7
26
2
9
FI E
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
ii IC w
o ~ a shy 1 ~ IC
n 2 ~ bull I Q
0
rrP
E
r o
l1
ys
reco
rd
old
sl
folio
lIo
n
ffS
I )
I G
NE
ISS
OS
IT
1
ST
RA
IN
SL
IP
CL
EA
VA
GE
5
SC
H IS
TO
SIT
Y
JND
E T
ER
MIN
AT
E
2 P
LA
NE
O
F
FL
A T
TE
N IN
G
6
CA
TA
C L
A S
TI C
3
FO
LI A
TI
ON
A
ND
L
AY
ER
ING
P
AR
AL
LE
L
7
I F
RA
CT
UR
E
CL
EA
VA
G E
4
OT
HE
R
( S
PE
CIF
Y)
B
FO
LD
ED
S
UR
FA
CE
-
LA
YE
R IN
G
FO
LI A
TIO
N
IF
FOL
OE
D
L A
YE
RIN
G
AN
D l
OR
F
OL
IAT
ION
-
CO
DE
T
YP
E
AS
A
BO
V E
SY
MM
ET
RY
C
LO
S U
RE
A
MP
LIT
UD
E
ST
Y L
E
SY
MM
ET
RIC
AL
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
Z
AS
YM
ME
TR
ICA
L
S
lt
10deg
10 shy
45
deg 4
5-
90
deg
gt
90
deg
lt
2e
m
2 -
10 e
m
IO-5
0 e
m
50 shy
50
0 e
m
gt
5 m
SIM
ILA
R
PA
RA
LL
EL
CO
MP
OS
ITE
DIS
HA
RM
ON
IC
CH
EV
RO
N I
K
NK
PT
YG
h4
AT
IC
NT
RA
FO
IA
L
OT
HE
R t S
PE
CIF
Y)
FOL
IAT
ION
D
YKE
1 BR
ECCI
A UN
DIF
10
LA
y
CONT
19
fI
S RI~
~t
iTP-
SIL
L
2 F
AU
L T
B
RE
ee
II
L
AY
D
I SC
ON
T 2
0
0 I
I r--I
VE
IN
3 S
HE
AR
Z
ON
E
12 R
EP
L
AY
21
CD
I
I ~
8Q
UO
INS
4
MY
LO
Ni T
E Z
ON
E 1
3 M
IGmiddot
MO
Bmiddot lt
25
2
2
Xl
31
32
3
3
34
3
5 ~~~
T ~ ~
~~C
~T~~~
~~6~~
~ reg
0
I
bull I c
=J I
RR
EG
BO
DI E
S
7 B
ED
C
ON
T
16
MIG
MO
O gt
75
25
Tt
37
3
8
CI
40
4
1
INC
lO
RIE
NT
ED
8
BE
D
DIS
CO
NT
17
E
RR
AT
IC
26
~INOR
FOL
DS
IN
CL
RA
ooM
9
REp
BE
DDIN
G
Ie O
THE
R
27
LA
F
OL
SY
M
( l O
S
AM
PL
S
T Y
A
V E
RA
GE
U
NIT
L
AY
ER
T
HIC
KN
ES
S
O D
OO
D O
SC
AL
E
MIL
UM
ET
RE
S
-L
TH
ICK
NE
SS
0
0 1
C
EN
TIM
ET
RE
S
-(
ME
TR
E S
M
0
02
etc
4
2
4 3
44
4
5
4 6
47
P
LUN
GE
AZI
MU
TH
CJ ~
~ I
)
018
~ 9
50
51
5
2
STR
IKE
DIP
AX
IAL
e
=J
=3
----
5-=shy
--I--
5=-=
5-
gil[
5
6
5 1
1-shy-shy
-h4
INE
R A
LS
O
F N
OT
E
( se
e m
ne
mo
nic
co
de
s)
c=J
30
31
CJ
32
3
3
l if
vork
Jbjmiddote
I de
scrl
bt
in
n
ote
s )
SC
AL
IC
K
S U
TH
ICyen
NS
S0
I I
34
3
5
36
3
4
Il5
t in
or
der
of
allu
noo
nee
l
CJ
CJ 0
0
2 0
45
lt
a
0
51
~6
47
5
2
53
I
(
TY
PE
S
UR
FA
CE
L
INE
AR
S
TfW
C T
UR
ES
S
AM
PL
E
RE
fR
ES
EN
TA
T IO
N
(J)
0shy CD n ~ = bull a Q bull ii
I
MIN
ER
AL
L
INE
AT
ION
S
S _
I T
ER
SE
CT
ION
S
N
MIC
RO
CR
EN
UL
AT
ION
S
BOU
DIN
X
IS
DE
FO
RM
ED
C
LA
S T
CA
TE
GO
RY
middot
1 2 3 bull 5
IGN
EO
US
IN
CL
US
ION
S
RO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
H I
C
AG
GR
OTH
ER
ISP
EC
IFY
)
FI L
L I N
G
6 7 8 9
LIN
IN
L
AY
ER
ING
1
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
CD
2
L IN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
reg
3
L IN
IN
F
AU
LT
4
LI N
IN
S
HE
R
ZON
E 5
LI N
IN
N
ON
-L
Ay
ER
ED
A
ND
6
NO
N shy
FO
LI A
TE
D
RO
CK
APP
M
OV
EM
EN
T
TY
PE
o
SU
RF
AC
E o
58
5
9
PL
UN
GE
A
ZIM
UT
H
r--l
I I
~
I
60
6
1 6
2
63
6
4
FAU
LT
S
VE
INS
D
YK
ES
S
ILL
S
bull bull
I
RE
P
NO
N
OR
IEN
TE
O
RE
P
OR
JEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
~N
OR
IEN
TE
D
SP
EC
IFIC
O
RIE
NT
ED
SE
RIA
L
DU
PL
ICA
TE
DR
ILL
COR
E
LA
BO
RA
TO
RY
W
OR
K
ST
AI N
ED
RO
GH
S
UR
FAC
E
A
MO
DA
L
AN
ALY
SIS
S
LA
B
TH
IN
SE
CT
ION
B
C
HE
MIC
AL
AN
AL
YS
IS
TliI
N SE
C TI
ON
STN
ED
C
M
INE
RA
L S
EP
Rn
ON
S
LA
B
ST
AIN
ED
D
A
SS
AY
F G H
I
o o
5 D
o b
b
I
UI
II U
D
OD
~
I
5[
8
159
~
61
6lt20
deg63
i 6
5
I
i ltD f
00
FA
UL
T
1
SH
EA
R
ZON
E
2
DY
KE
3
DY
KE
-X
IAL
PL
AN
E
SIL
L
5
VEI ~
6
OT
HE
R
(SP
EC
IFY
) 7
AP
LI
TIC
PE
GM
AT
ITIC
GR
AN
ITJC
Fl
C
QU
AR
TZ
CR
BO
NT
E
SU
LP
H)D
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
OT
l +
CA
R B
OT
l +
SU
LP
H
OT
l +
CA
RB
+ S
UL
PH
O
THER
IS
PE
CIF
Y)
B
9 10
II
NO
RM
AL
RE
VE
RS
E
L E
FT
L
AT
ER
AL
R
IGH
T L
TE
RA
L
1 2 3 4
CA
TE
GO
RY
F
ILL
I NG
D
O
65
6
6
67
S
TR
IKE
I I
69
70
7 1
MO
V
D
68
D
IP
r--I
~
MO
OA
L A
NA
LY
SIS
T
S
E
OT
HE
R
J
MA
P-U
NI
T
SU
BU
NIT
r---l
0 M
AP
-UN
IT
NU
MB
ER
S
UB
UN
ITIA
LP
HA
ME
RIC
I ~
66
6
7
68
PR
OJE
CT
O
PT
ION
S
I S
PpoundC
IFY
~N
D IlA
I NTA
tH
CO
IIIS
ISTpound
NC
Y
IN
D
O
D
0
j
MA
P-U
NIT
S
UB
UN
I
II D
~
69
7
0
71
EA
CH
F
IL E
)
0 0
~ gtC ~
PR
OJ
EC
T O
PT
ION
S
I S
PE
CIF
Y
AND
N
AIN
TAIN
CO
N$l
ST
fNC
Y
IN
EA
CIj
F
ILE
I
__
_ _ D
__
_ _
D _
__
_ O
__
__ O
1
JOIN
TS
IMI
NI
UM
SP
AC IN
G
75
10
c m
10
-S
Oc
m
50
shy10
0cm
3
gt
IOO
cm
4
76
7
7
SP
AC
IN
G
ST
R I
KE
a
l P
o D
N
OT
ES
W
HE
RE
P
OS
SIB
LE
E
ST
AB
L I
SH
A
GE
R
EL
AT
ION
SH
IPS
IN
N
OT
ES
MA
P O
R
SV
BA
RE
A
[SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
ION
c=J
11 -
5 )
o 7
8
19
eo
DIP
DS
oG
S
TR K
E
(QU
AL
IFY
C
OD
E
OT
HE
R)
--shy
----shy
fAB
RIC
I
72
7
3
I ]I
MA
SS
IVE
I
EO
U IG
RA
NU
LA
R
INE
OU
IGR
AN
UL
AR
S
AC
CH
AR
OID
AL
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
O
PH
I T
IC shy
SU
B
OP
HIT
IC
_
--shy
----shy
---shy
--shy
-7
4
75
7
6
e=J
MA
P
OR
SU
BA
R E
A
7a
79
I
n
SHE
E T
ID
EN
TIF
ICA
TIO
N
16
shy9
)
77
D
80
I II
GR
A N
UL
ITIC
P
EG
MA
TIT
IC
HO
RN
FE
LS
lC
PO
RP
HyR
IT I
C
PO
RP
HY
RQ
BL
AS
TI C
V
ES
ICU
L A
R
NO
DU
LA
R
I C
LO
T T
Efl
S
CH
IS T
OS
E
GN
EIS
SIC
P
HY
LL
ITIC
C
AT
AC
LA
S T
I C
LlN
EA
TE
D
OT
HE
R
IG
RA
IN
SIZ
E
IN
MIL
LIM
ET
RE
S
I II
I-shy
PH
EN
OC
RY
S T
S I
P
OR
PH
YR
OB
LA
ST
S
MA
TR
I X
0 IF
A
PH
AN
ITIC
H
~I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t-i-j-
Ishy
I I
I I
I I
I I-l-fshy
t---t-t-+
--t-
+-
--t
-t
t-
-+--
i -t-
IjJ
-_
shy
I--
shy
JJi
~
9 4
-74
-10
M
MN
R-m
-38
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
-- --
---
MNR-m-nJ
DATE IORI ENTED SA MPf I S AftON a CtO L 0 U I ITtHo 11 ~ Z)ltfIolI H I gtl R PH OTO NO I OtOG RAPH I 1 Q [J I 1 I II Ii II I tGOpoundO tOTpoundS STRU CTU RA L SHEET PETROLOGIC SHEE T
L AY ERI Jl G LI NEAR SlRUCTUR ES T ROC K TY PE 11 SAM PLE R( PR E S Eflt4TAT ION
TYPE iQ I I I I I D 1t 17 N o u
110PLU NC I fiELD RElATION50HIP5 LA 8 0RATO~ Y
iUlII[ m o ltIgty D D QQ I DO DFAULTS VEINS OYKE S bull S~ LL S~ ~ j ~ Q ~~ c=J W
3 1
0 j 0nn Je ~VE~AGpound UNI T I LAtER THICJCNESS MI NOR FOLDS o $YM ~a AMigtl Sf Y DIP P-UtJf tJ8UNOlt WilP-Ilfilf sectUBurrl l
1) M sr n JI 40 4 1 o c=J oE5
1o
MIN ER AlS OF NOT ~QQQQ o 0 0 W 0
MAP OR SUBARpoundA s HpoundEi IIlpoundIltTIfKTIONCJ I
DO n
10 ~ 51 bullbull t -1 ~D o 0 D
1 t n ~ If _1____- shy
----- -~-- -~---~---~----~-----~ L 11~MIIMCIQ
(fft6Nut tCilroUllllt ~NL~ ~YIIlnc 1OII~aLStC vtllotlA 1I ~Lafl
i I I shy
-- _-- ------r- shy-- -I--I-H-+-I-I+--1--H-+-t--h-+-+++-H-+-t---t-Hf------r-t---+-t-~-+-I- - - - -r shy
-r-- t-H-+-+-+-H-+-r++-H-t--t---y-+-t---+-H-+-t---t--rl-I-t-t-t--t-+-I- - - - shy-1-- -HH-+-I-++-i--H-+++-I-HH-+1 ++-i--H-+-t-------L-t--t-l - - - I-r- - - shyI
1--rr+~-t--t--t-r+++~-II----t-~r++~-1-~+-Htl-+~-H~~++~-I--~i++~~~~
FIgure 3b Combined tructural and petrological field data heet 1974 5 II 7
GEOLOGICAL FIELD DATA CHECKLIST
STRUCTURAL DATA PETROLOGIC DATA L AY ER ING LINEA R STRU CT URES ROCK TYPE MINERALS OF NOTE
Slt[ WICIoICtriI C COflEy y ~~~f[p(II ~t I JflEOV5 mr=~B M 1N(AlION ~rNCOUS INCllGIOflt bull FIELD RELATIONS SAMPLE
M[foIORpi1IC 2 tNCUJSlON IA II f4S bull S ttl IRSpoundC TIOIIS t RoooNG 1
PUt I T MICROCNpoundtllAAl1QtltfS J tpoundTAM~Pf1tC ACGRt-G tHl(( I iONrACT ZONr ~ REPRESENTATIONLIT J LAYERIlaquoj IN lNCUJltgt ampOOEO ~8OuOIH )(IS ltIi 01tif1 I sPtCIFt1 bull ltILL J co ~ oTAClampsfIC tKCJ41 aEOOEO 11 ftEftlEst H ONlttl l(D OTt4poundR ) CllsaHTlJlaquo0J5 IVpound - NO Nmiddot W~DCLsrs Io R(pp(S(NON OASTROPHIC 00ltIllt5 4 REP BEDDiNG lr TI ll OR t ~l [DS TRUCTURES SuRfAC E CASl I ArF~V CONTltnoJS SP[CrfC ttON OFItENTED l
Yts ) INfAOr~ ayCMlIl( ww 11 Llr DtSCOtrI~~ YEl~IC-~Crjl rD CROSS 8EI)(loG tIO ~ PILL III I LINEAllOr rOllAflON (j) zl1tf(rc 1IOOIEs t F4Ep LAyERED )[CIA (~AO(O eccc) TpoundS ) OTHER Y(S N FOIATI()~ III ~I 7 LINtAftl) $ lP1CllISIOfiS ~NlEI) a A IGo e bull ~S ~LlCAT
r) 4 IiPfCIJY) ll~~ 1IOTIQN IN rtW-T Ia~ ~ILUOOM f IG MJtI 2~ ~ 40 l1NUlffl IN II eFt CCIA UfJlfTO 10 10410 MOe 40
TYPE liNIN ~ ~y~~ ~N~)UAfl~ )e ll flo FAtLT BR[CCIA ~ L ABORATORY WORKII IG MOB 7 ~IFOLIAT ION 9-tIIfftO lONE Il iRRAflr It
JOINTS MINI MUM SPACING tnlONlIT zctu 11 0 HE~ SfECI~Yl Ifllrt ~~CTf cHEMiUll ANAtIG H)pound TeRM lERAII IF CUAv lHIN STbjO SEHlIJIIATrCJol
TY 8AHl i SlOCI( HI ______ II tA ~~i M~Z 5LAlSCHISTO1TY PlANpound OF FL6nLN spoundCilON MIN[RAL 10 f lf
CoITAClASlIC Ol LAY FrotW l t ()- ~O em SLe 5T4~ 5sr ( I
~JAtIA(E___bull i lt R-=PH( I -~ - ()O em AVERAGE UNIT MCJOlgtL At4U5J$ m~R CSP((l rn J
100 (001 LAYER THICKNESS I- shyMINOR FO LDS m E F AULTS VEINSDYKESmiddotSILLS ----------- --I MAP UNIT ( NUMERIC) f - ly I 1bullbull1_ bullbull -I Y SCAE MhL )f tRB - L
SY MME TRY CLCiWRC C(JIMETRE C 4tJ Lf
-
M I SUB UNIT (ALPHAMERIC)M(l 1fS
StMl4poundlRICAL c nl HlAN ZONE middot ASYfoiI-fiRICAL Z 10 zmiddot ov[
lJpound~as OQ vltR Ltlllf) OYl(f - lIIALASt~lCAL ~- 90
bull
bull l middot ~ 90middot VEI N middot AMJLITUDE STYLE f-- ~~~~~r rJL LlNSILtll R oPlflt 1lt 1cm I ~OHtTIAL I
PA bullbulllll 2 EGv1 1T1 2 - 10 1 FlAT~PARAlUL t GMA ll C I Al[~U
un LUHAL MAne ) nliIlA I ~~JNIII -
CHpoundfflI)tj1 ((INfI RI GHT 1 [kAI middot 41~~~ATE 50 - 1 y6WAT IC I ~ULPHIOE
gt WAlfTl CARoO iT( middot bullI INTRAFOlIAt
OlIART1 Ii $OtPHlOFbull on I CARR 8 $UIPtI 10 a lUeR PIClf f )
m ~ bullOf HUt I SPEClfY )
Figure 3c Checkllt for 1974 combined Iructural and petrological field and data heet
9
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
conclusion of the field programme After keypunching and file updating the data sheets are bound into permanent note books containing between 200 and 250 documents These books are used extensively thereafter by the project geologists and are stored in the archives at the conshyclusion of each project A schematic flow sheet of the Mineral Resources Division system is presented in Figure 4
Description of Data Sheets FIld Sh
A) Structural Data
A prototype structural field data sheet (Figure 1) was used with considerable success throughout the 1966 field season It was revised and modified in 1967 (Haugh et ai 1967) In 1970 the earlier structural format was revised in conjunction with the development of an independent petrologic data sheet (Figure 5) The section dealing with sample data was eliminated and a sheet identification capability was added Further revisions in 1971 included allowance for additional joint readings and a change to the 5 x 7 sheet size (Figure 6a) This design proved functional and was used until 1973 The current (1974) structural field data sheet introduces several minor changes including
(a) expansion of foliation categories to allow up to two readings per station
(b) removal of joints and fabric to coded not keypunched section
A full description is given in Appendix 1 The sheet is nearly universal In that it can be adapted with only minor modifications to studies of other Precambrian areas In addition to its machine processibility the data sheet by virtue of its design provides a checklist and a means of recording structural field data in an orderly and systematic manner This in itself offers substantial adshyvantages as a tool in geological mapping
B) Ptrologlc Data
The prototype of a petrological data sheet (Figure 2) was also used in 1966 It was found at that time that the two sheets were awkward to handle and involved unnecessary duplication in recording of file headings locations and other reference parameters The design of this field sheet violated several aspects of the basic format requirements in that
(a) numerous categories involved guesstimates which were later accurately determined in the laboratory
(b) several parameters were not comprehensively defined under the coding groups provided
During the 1967 revision of procedures (Haugh et ai 1967) the petrologic data sheet was eliminated as a separate entity and the structural and petrologic sheets were combined The resulting data sheet in practice was found to be petrologically weak as rigid formatting inhibited the variety and range of rock type that could be recorded The problem was partially overcome by extensive use of box 21 which allowed coding of free format notes It was this weakness of the combined field sheets that prompted the re-introduction of a separate petrological data sheet in 1970 The two sheets were combined to fit an 8W x 11 horizontal format (Figure 5) for ease of handling
The format and to a lesser extent the content of both data sheets were again revised in 1971 A 5 x 7 vertical format was designed with the structural sheet on the front and a petrologic sheet on the back side of each page (Figures 6a and 6b) Separate sheets headed by only station identification parameters were used for sketches The petrologic sheet was revised by adding and redefining many of the parameters Provision was also made for coding both major and minor rock fabric elements
However the 1971 format was not favoured by the geologists because of the double Sided nature of the document and the necessity of using a second separate sheet for sketches It was felt by all users that a single one sided sheet was the more expedient format To comply with these restrictions all codes were removed from the input document (Figure 7a) and were transferred to a separate checklist (Figure 7b) The resulting saving of space allowed the combination of the structural and petrologic data sheets into the 5 x 7 document format The basic design of the document proved most successful and was used until 1973 after which several minor changes in content were made The current (1974) document is described fully in Appendix 1
10
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
c o
iii 0shyo o
Verification and o insertion of
g- locotion coordinates -----1----- Laboratory data
CP IArChives I 01 o t o-
Binding and o manual use of- input coding o
0 documents
t c 0
iii 0 Q 11 11c 0
-
t I Update I It-
0
0 0
Storage run (AlOC03 AlOC04
A10C05)
J IData filel ______________
Ic 2- Program request
(routerequest form)o Q
Ic o E
o-o
l0
thematical statistical
Figure 4 Schematic flow sheet of the Minerai Resources Division system
11
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
DA
TE
ST
AT
ION
N
O
GE
Ol
NO
YR
A
IR
PHO
TO
Negt
PH
OlU
GRA
PH
I 2
l~middot1
~~
I D
o
I
CO
OE
D
NO
TES
I
CO
OED
N
OT
ES
~
o
o i
TY
PE
N
ON
D
IAS
TR
OP
HIC
ST
IQlJ
CTk
R
ES
LA
YE
RIN
G
FIE
LD
R
EL
AT
ION
S I
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E
lt1M
14
BE
OO
INiS
IW
ET
AiII
IIOR
Pt-lt
IC
II-
fS
~
1 y
PE
N O
S 2
CO
NTA
CT
ZON
E ll
illgt
IQM
i~
~ f l~(
SS
~ ful
Pll
LOW
8tD
OIN
GIG
NE
OU
S
DoI
FF
Z
INC
LU
SO
N
lAY
EIi
Is
0
lItO
2
()
G
RA
DlO
8E
DO
IC
v
u ~
O
fH
fRS
o
11 3
lgtN
TAC
T ZO
NE
raquo
10
IS
lT
-P
Af
-L
T
3 O
TH
ER
4
B
tOO
EO
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
7~
~ 0
0
CA
TA
CL
AST
IC
5 B
EO
OfD
D
ISC
ON
TIN
UO
US
1
8bull
~~~==~~==~
6 R
EP
amp
OO
ED
stQ
U(N
Q
19
TY
PE
7
LAY
ER
ED
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
2
0
GN
EtS
SO
SIT
Y
FfU~CTURE
CL
EA
VM
pound
8 LA
YE
FlE
O
DIS
CO
NT
IMIJ
OU
S 2
1 TY
PE
R
EP
LAY
ERED
SE
O
ZZ
SCM
IS T
OS
ITY
~
I N D
ET
ER
MIN
AT
E
CA
TA
ClA
ST1C
3
OT
HE
R
WG
ailA
TmC
MO
BIU
S 2
5-4
0 2
4
1 r I
STFAIN~ S
liP
~L
poundA
Aipound
1
0
S
WA
TlT
le M
OB
IUS
ltZ~
n o
o W
IGM
ATI
TIC
M
OB
IUS
401~ 2
5
3
IiIIIG
MA
Ttn
C M
OB
IUS
1~
Z6
M
INO
R
FO
LD
S
on
ipoundR
2
7
D~
la
~F
FO
LD
ED
L
AY
ER
ING
Oo
R rO
UA
nO
H
CO
Df
T
YP
E
AS
aBO
vE
FO
L
RO
CK
T
YP
E
--7
i--o
middot 31
)I
ni
bull
I
ru
1
RE
LIE
F
12l
bullbullbullbullbull
I
I I
I I
II
i S
S
HA
PE
D
lt Z
L
__J
f A
SR
le
IA
SYM
ME
TR
ICA
L
z-S
HA
PE
D
lt4
1middotSYl
ol~~T~
~~
bull L
IMB
R
AT
O
lt
4
4
(10
2
bull 10
~1
M
A$
$IV
( I
FR
AG
ME
NT
AL
10
4
lt_
0
1
0
0 (
In
SAC
CH
AR
OIO
AL
2
VE
SIC
VL
AR
II
gt
50
(1
OP
HIT
IC ~
SV
BO
PH
ITIC
l
GN
poundIS
SIC
1
2
PEG
MA
TIT
IC
4 SC
HIS
TO
SE
13gt
0
TY
lE
C L
OS
UR
pound
l~lAl
rtO
RIl
ifE
LS
tt
~
PH
Yll
ITC
14
O
lO
t
ST
RIK
E
PC
RP
HY
Rm
c Eo
C
AT
AC
LA
ST
IC
15
2 IM
TR
AF
OL
U
10
middot 4
It
1 a I P
1J
GM
AT
IC
o a
PO
RP
HY
ftgt
EK
AS
TIC
FO
LDE
O
E
QV
IGrl
AN
UlA
R
bull L
lNU
Tpound
O
1731
OT
HE
R
5
90
~
(O~
INE
QU
IGR
AN
VLA
R
9 N
OD
UL
AR
) 9
0
OT
H(R
I
f
SU
RFA
ltE
L
iNE
AR
S
TR
UC
TU
RE
S
SA
P
LE
R
E P
RE
SE
N T
AT
I ON
l A
poundPR
poundSE
NlA
Trv
E -
NO
OfU
Ei
TE
D
ll
lN
IN
LA
YE
RIN
GM
INE
RA
L
LIN
EA
TIO
NS
i
I IG
JIIE
OU
$ I N
CL
USl
ON
S T
YPE
[J
RE
PRE
SEhT
AT
VE
O
RE
NT
ED
S
~ H
TE
RS
EC
TIO
NS
7
LIN
IN
F
OL
IAT
ION
$
P(C
IFC
N
eN
OR
IEN
TE
D2
I IRO
DD
ING
ME
TA
MO
RP
HIC
A
GG
A
PL
UN
()E
MlC
fWC
R(N
UL
AT
IOH
S
e L
IN
IN NO~-
SPE
CIF
IC
OR
IEN
TE
D
i
bull bull 6 o
o o
0eO
uOtI
ll A
XI
S
bull O
TH
ER
9
LA
I(
fI(O
a
NO
Nshy
FO
LIA
TE
D
RO
Cllt
OE
fOR
ME
D
Cl
AS
TS
E
bull
o 1
0
-MH
~IM
uM
SP
AC
1NG
JO
INT
S
FOR
A
CC
uRA
TE
C
OM
POSI
TIO
Nlt
10
el
f
MIN
SP
A(
S
TR
IKE
D
IP
10 -
to
em
9
1
0
$1
amp1
I CON
rAC
TP
ET
RO
FA
SR
IC
(OfH
EN
TE
O
2 A
SSA
Y
to
1
00
e
i ---
STA
IN a
Sl
Ae
~
SLA
e
I)
)IO
C
L-l
SP
EC
IFrC
M
INE
RA
LS
4
OT
HE
R
oI
1 pound~~~
======
======
==~~~~
======
======
~rgtF~
~LJ~~~
I=~~A
U~L~T
~S~~V~f
~N~S~=
olc
oM
INE
RA
LS
O
F
NO
TE
DY
KE
S
S~LlS
_
__
__
__
_-
GR
A
IT
I(
FA
UL
T
WA
Flt
I
NO
RM
AL
bull
TY
PE
M
OV
1
L
~
OU
AR
TZ
i
tt
lIIIlI
ilIliO
C
OO
tS
fAU
L T
S
L I
CJ(
UfS
o-E
S
Ve
iN
3 C
AR
80
HA
H
on
E
4 O
TZ
1
C
AR
S
41
R(v
ER
SE
C
M
AP
IN
TO
Tl
amp
SUL
PtH
LE
FT
l
AU
RA
L
ST
R1
J(E
01
PD1J(t~
SH
EA
RE
D
56
Q
TZ
C
AR
8
a W
EIG
HT
IN
A
ll
Su
lPH
1
I RIG
HT
L
AfE
RA
L
GR
AV
ITt
77
47 7
IG
NpoundO
US
C
ON
TA
CT
W
EIG
HT
IN
W
AT
ER
1 O
Tkpound
R
bull S~EE T
I D
fNT
IF1
CA
TJO
N
SH
EE
T
IDE
NT
IFIC
AT
iON
6
-9
1I
5 I
u N
OT
ES
+
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
oA
T(
OR
IEN
TE
D
SA
MP
LE
A
IR
PHO
TO
NO
P~iOTCXRAPIi
I
tl T
CO
O(O
N
OT
ES
TYPE 1 NON
rMA
STP
CP
gt1It S
TR
vCT
lfpoundS
= ~F~fUS
LIT P
IM-U
1
) 0Tt4U
~UlfTlt 4 -=-
~
~ l~ffi~M~~~~M~==========~~~t~==~===1
~ltOIITY rtn
2
S1111o amp
w
t (T~11C
OTH~
til ~L
_m
_ ~
~ZPtD
t~
IeJ []
Ll []L
J
U
IIfIlrOCII TOtoIIS
shy00- o
0 [J IS
~~
SPAC
NC
n -ittn6
shy0
-SO
ylt
tCrO
Ioflll(U
Il$
0 -
100 l
L
gt oe A
4B
-1 ~A8
amp
SU
i
I C
)
J F~1J5 vtj~ [jKES~SilL~
shy-1~Nlt( I
10IIMIC
I~~a []
0 I-
--shy
$ _
Ill
UlrD
IAl
I~~~ ~a ~
t
l~Ir
shyr--
IDU
oT
fl(At()N
U
T
1
shyh
t~
I---shy
H
1-
-T
fshyi-
1----
f-ishy
t -
ishy
i [
-shy
t-shyi
I
Fig
ure la
Stru
ctural field
data sh
eet 1971 F
igu
re Ib P
etrolo
gical field d
ata sheet 1971
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Figure 7a Combined structural and petrological field data sheet 1973 5 x 7
MINOR FOLDS TYpr
~~fi~~FYo o~f ~IM8 RATIO 1AIIETRICAL S ~
tlMb
Figure 7b Checklist for 1973 combined structural and petrological field data sheet
14
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
C) Geochemical Data
The prototype geochemical data sheet (Figures 8a and 8b) was used successfully in geoshychemical sampling programs conducted during the 1972 and 1973 field seasons The concept is an extension of that used for geological data acquisition In preparing the data sheet the following criteria were taken into consideration in addition to those dictated by the Basic Format Requirements
(a) all pertinent geochemical observations must be reduced to numerical form for uniform presentation objectivity and ease of comparison
(b) provision should be made for additional descriptive notes and sketches
(c) the data sheet should be universal in so far as field data on all geochemical sample media likely to be encountered in the program must be accommodated by the 80-column format
A detailed description of the geochemical data sheet is presented in Appendix II
Laboratory Shee
A) Petagraphlc Data
The large numbers of samples collected during individual projects require an efficient data handling system designed for laboratory use A petrographic data sheet was designed (McRitchie 1969) with the aim of providing a convenient and comprehensive format for recording hand-specimen and petrographic descriptions in a form that readily lent itself to computer-oriented data conshyversion storage retrieval and processing techniques
In operation the input document is used in conjunction with a checklist on which descriptive parameters have been coded into a processable form Full detailS on the petrographic laboratory data sheet are available in McRitchie (1969)
Milcellaneoul Shee
In addition to the above sheets a number of data sheets have been designed to aid in systematic recording and manipulation of quantitative laboratory data As these sheets require no other input than the recording of the data on an 80-column coding document they are merely listed for the record Descriptions and illustrations of these documents are given in Ambach 1972
(1 ) Specific Gravity
(2) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet I
(3) Geochemical Laboratory Data Sheet II
(4) Line Printer Ternary Data Sheet
(5) Chemical Analysis Laboratory Sheet
(6) X-V Variation Data Sheet
(7) Bar Plot Data Sheet
(8) Korzhinskii Plot Data Sheet
(9) Pen Plotter Ternary Data Sheet
(10) Pen Plotter Least-Squares Data Sheet
Data Decoding
At the present time some 45 computer programs are available through the Mineral Resources Division for the manipulation of data files based on the previously described data sheets A descripshytion of program characteristics is available (Ambach 1972) and Tables 1-6 are presented only as brief summary of these programs
The smooth flow of large volumes of data is ensured by the routerequest form (Figure 9) which each geologist completes prior to submission of data for processing Even with relatively low priority this document makes possible turn-around time of less than three days Mnemonic codes are used to identify individual minerals and rock types in the input for the petrologic data decode programs (Table 2) and the petrographic laboratory sheet The Franklin Method has been
15
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
--- - -
-- --
DATE STATION NO GEOLOO YR UTM EASTING UT M NORTHING AIR PHOTO NO PHOTOGRAPH I 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I I I I I IT] 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAMPL E DATA COLLE C TION SITE DAT A
SAMP1E MEDIA GLACIAL CRtFT SOIL - SEDIMENT NAnMAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAGE TEXTURE Of TYI( COLOUR I ~COLDUR OOMINAHT CXMR GACitHHIAHK LOII
21 22 23 24 25 26 I 2 7 28 29 ~O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D D GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR BASIN MINERALIZATION
TYPE ORGAN IfLOW RIIITE DfJllI IOSfTlON 31 3gt 3 38 I 39 4 0 I 41 42
0 0 [] D DIDO D 0 D 0 0 IG-ACIAL ~-~-SEOIMENTEPTH ROCK TYPES MINERALS FIELD TESTS
BEDROCK RtAGMENTS I ~ NOTE WATpoundR TDIP pH OTHER 4 3 44 4~ 4 4 7 48 49 ~o 5 1 ~~ 5 ~ ~4 56 I ~7 58 ~9 60 6 1 62 6] 6 4 6566 67 68 69 107
[JJIJ m ITJIJ m 11111 1 111111111 rnm m DIJoc OIl COOED NOT ES (I-9) I NO OF SAtJFlES (1-9) I MiSCElLANEOUS GAOAl STRAEAZI~ SlEET IlENTIFICATKlN (1-9)
72 n 7 757677 80
0 I 0 I 0 OIl D NOTES laUAUFY CODE QLHER)
-
- - shy-
-
Figure 8a Geochemical dala heel 1973
GEOCHEMICAL FIE LD DATA CHECK LI S T
SAMPLE DATA COLLE C TION SITE DATA
SAMPLE MEDIA GLACIAL DRIFT - SOIL - SEDIMENT NATURAL WATER VEGETATION RELIEF DRAINAG E TEXTURE OR TYPE COLOUR TUR81DITY DOMINANT COVER ~-BAJIIlt-stOPE VA rERLOGGED I
GlAC IAL DRIFT I 6LAC 1 CL EAR TO EVE RltJREEN I lt 5 middot I POOR 2SOIL 2 GRAV El
r RAGMENTS I BlUISH middot SLACK 2 HEAVILY TURBID e~OADleAF 2 5 --15 - 2 MOQf RATE 39TREAM sro~NT 3
q COARSE SAND 2 OARK GREY 3 11-9 ) MIXED (1 middot 2) 3 15middot- Omiddot 3 GOOD bullLAKE SEDI MENT 5 FI NE SAND 3 LIGHT GRE Y 4 MUSKEG q 30middot-45- 4NATURAL WoTER 6 SILT q OARK BROWN 5 ABSENT 5 gt 45 - 5COLOUR
PRECIPI rAT E 7 CLAY 5 LIG HT BROWN 6 COLOURLESS TO
VEGETATION WATER CHANNEL OR 8ASIN MINERAUZATION 6 GRDI $H - flR OWN 7 HIGHLY COLOURED 8 VARvED8 OROCK
FLOW RATE WIDTH - AREA 9 ORGANIC 7 BUFF 8 II - 9) MASSIVE SlAPH1De IOTH pound R
OTHER 9 STILL 1 lt I m 0 sq km I DISSEMINATED SULPHIDE 2GLACIAL TYPE WATER TYPE SOIL HORIZON VEGETATI ON SLOW 2 1middot 2 m 0 sq km 2
MOCERATE 3 2-3 m 0 SQ km 3 VEIN SULPHIDE TILL I SWAMP I A o ORGANIC TYPE PRECIOUS METAL 3
RAPID 43- 5 m or sq k m MORAINE 2 SE EPAGE 2 U TTER I
SPRUCE 1 4 SEGREGATED OXIDE 4 5-0 m or sq km3 A - HUMUS shy
DARK KAME 3 SPRING 5 PEGMAfinC 52 POPLAR 2
IO- ZO m or sq krn 6 ESKER 4 STREAM BIRCH 3 NONMETAL LIC 64 A t _ LEACHED - DEPTH gt 20 m or sq km 7
5 3 ALDEROUTWASH SEC ~ Riv ER LIGHT MINERALIZED 4 lt L- Sm I FROST HEAVE 7LAK E SE DIMENT 6 POND 6 8 - ENRICHED - OTHER 5 0 - lm 2 POSITION
DARK 4 MINERALIZEDDRUMLI N 7 L AKE 7 ORGAN
8 C - UNDIFFEREN TIATED I - 2 m 3 INLET I FLOAT 8 ERRATIC BOULDER 8 OA ILL HOL pound LEAF - NEEDLEPARENT gt 2m 4 OUTLET 2 OTHER 9 OTHER 9 OT HE R 9 MATERIAL 5 TWI G 2 OTHER 3
BARK 3
Figure 8b CheckU1 or geochemical data heel 1973_
16
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
ROUTEREQUEST FORM
NAME ________________________ GEOLOGIST NUMBER ______ DA TE ___----_
PROJECT___________________________________________________________________________________
KEYPUNCH ______ DATA LIST ________ NOTELIST _________ DUPLICATE
STRUCTURAL TRANSLATES layering a foliaion ____ minor folds a linear structures ______
jointsfaultsveinsdykessills ______
PETROLOGIC TRANSLATES rock-ypefabricrelalion _____ rock-fypetrepresention analysis _______
rock-type minerals _____representotlonanalysisrnop-unitspecl fi c gravity ____
STEREO PLOTS loyering ____ foliallo ____ mf OXlS ___ aXial surface ___ 1m slr ___ )omts _____ faultselc
CHEMICAL ANALYSES meso ____ mesol i ____ ClpW ____ olher ________________
TERNARY PLOT Imenlr ____ X-Y ploller ____
MAP PLOTS saIIOn ___ layermg ____ foliation ___ mf OXI$ ___ aXial surface ___
linear structur es ___ JOlnts ___ faults ____
oweastmg ________ nw northmg _______ se eostmg _______ se norlhin9 ________
n-s lenglh _______ e-w length ______
IllIe ______________________________________________
SPECIFIC GRAVITY calculaliOn cord oulpul _____ prlnler oupul ______ bolh ________
error ____
a HISTOGRAM ______
KORZHINSKII PLOT _______
Figure 9 Route Request Form
17
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Tab
le 1
U
tility
pro
gra
ms
Min
erai
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mil
er
A10
C01
A10
C02
A10
C03
0gt
A10
C04
A10
C05
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
80
80
list
i ng
Edi
t p
rog
ram
Ma
gn
etic
tape
st
ruct
ura
l da
ta
Du
plic
ate
ca
rd d
eck
Ma
gn
etic
tap
e a
ll d
ata
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta s
heet
s
key
pu
nch
ed
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
da
ta fi
le
Ou
tpu
t
80
-co
lum
n u
nd
eco
de
d
listin
g
dia
gn
ost
ic e
rro
r lis
ting
ma
gn
etic
tape
80
-co
lum
n p
un
che
d
card
s
ma
gn
etic
tap
e
Co
mm
ents
Use
d to
ch
eck
ob
vio
us
err
ors
in t
he
pu
nch
ed
da
ta
En
sure
s th
at
the
d
ata
re
cord
ed
is
b
oth
lo
gic
al
and
corr
ect
th
e
err
ors
m
ust
be
co
rre
cte
d
sin
ce
sub
seq
ue
nt
pro
cess
ing
re
qu
ire
s va
lid d
ata
Pe
rma
ne
nt
da
ta
sto
rag
e
for
all
form
s o
f st
ruct
ura
l d
ata
m
an
ipu
latio
n
A s
eco
nd
de
ck is
use
ful f
or
ma
nu
al m
an
ipu
latio
n o
f da
ta
Pro
gra
m s
erve
s as
pe
rma
ne
nt
sto
rag
e f
or
com
bin
ed
str
uct
ura
l a
nd
pe
tro
log
ica
l da
ta
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Tab
le 2
D
eco
din
g p
rog
ram
s
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Tit
le o
f R
equ
ired
N
um
ber
P
rog
ram
In
pu
t O
utp
utmiddot
C
om
men
ta
Al0
C0
6
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts fi
eld
re
latio
ns
ro
ck t
ype
s a
nd
fa
bri
cs
Al0
CO
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
type
s s
am
ple
re
pre
sen
tatio
n a
nd
an
aly
sis
Al0
C0
8
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut o
f A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts r
ock
typ
es
and
min
era
ls o
f no
te
Al0
C0
9
Pe
tro
log
y o
utp
ut
of A
lOC
OS
lin
e p
rin
ter
I isti
ng
List
s sa
mp
le
rep
rese
nta
tion
an
alys
is
ma
p-u
nit
a
nd
sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Al0
Cl0
S
tru
ctu
re
ou
tpu
t of e
ith
er
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
Li
sts
laye
rin
g a
nd f
olia
tion
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
OC
04
-
co
Al0
Cll
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
List
s m
ino
r fo
lds
an
d li
ne
ar
stru
ctu
res
Al0
CO
S o
r A
10
C0
4
Al0
C1
2
Str
uct
ure
o
utp
ut o
f eit
he
r lin
e p
rin
ter
listin
g
Lis
ts jO
ints
fa
ults
ve
ins
dyk
es
and
sills
A
lOC
OS
or
A 1
0C04
All
de
cod
ing
pro
gra
ms
pro
du
ce p
rin
ter
ou
tpu
t wh
ich
incl
ud
es
Sta
tion
nu
mb
er
Ge
olo
gis
t n
um
be
r Y
ear
UT
M C
ord
ina
tes
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Tab
le 3
L
ine
pri
nte
r p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A1
0C
13
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Ste
reo
g ra
ph ic
p
roje
ctio
ns
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C04
Ou
tpu
t
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic p
roje
ctio
n
pro
du
ced
on
line
pri
nte
r
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ts t
he
nu
mb
er
of
pOin
ts c
ou
nte
d w
ith
in a
un
it a
rea
an
d t
he
p
erc
en
tag
e o
f p
oin
ts w
ith
in th
e s
am
e u
nit
are
a
A1
0C
17
T
ern
ary
Plo
t va
lues
of
X Y
and
Z
calc
ula
ted
to
100
Te
rna
ry P
lot
pro
du
ced
on
lin
e p
rin
ter
Eff
ect
ive
for
a p
relim
ina
ry s
tud
y o
r q
uic
k p
eru
sal o
f d
ata
I)
o
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Tab
le 4
P
etro
log
ical
cal
cula
tio
n p
rog
ram
s
I)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
Al0
C1
4
A10
C15
Al0
C1
6
A10
C19
A10
C20
A10
C31
Tit
le o
f
Pro
gra
m
Me
so I
Me
so II
CIP
W
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-l
Pe
tro
che
mic
al
pa
ram
ete
rs-2
(R
og
ers
and
Le
Co
ute
r 1
96
6-1
97
0)
Mo
de
-oxi
de
p
erc
en
tag
es
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
che
mic
al a
na
lysi
s in
pu
t d
ocu
me
nt
sam
e as
A 1
OC
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
ea
sA1
0C
14
sam
e a
s A
10
C1
4
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Ou
tpu
t
two
page
s o
f ou
tpu
t
(a)
FeO
an
d F
e20s
se
pa
rate
(b
) F
eO
s re
calu
late
d t
o F
eO
sam
e a
s A
10C
14
Th re
e p
ag
es
of o
utp
ut
(a
) ch
em
ica
l an
aly
sis
calshy
cula
ted
to
100
with
an
d w
ith
ou
t H2
0 a
nd
CO
(b
) n
orm
s an
d ra
tios
as
bo
th w
eig
ht
pe
r ce
nt
and
mo
lecu
lar
pe
rce
nt
(c)
no
rms
an
d r
atio
s ca
lshycu
late
d w
ith f
err
ic a
nd
ferr
ou
s ir
on
co
mb
ine
d
as t
ota
l Fe
Os
Lis
ting
use
s co
de
na
me
fo
r th
e v
ari
ou
s p
ara
me
ters
sam
e a
s A
10C
19
(a)
listin
g o
f re
lativ
e
oxi
de
qu
an
titie
s
(b)
SO
-col
umn
pu
nch
ed
ca
rd f
orm
att
ed
fo
r in
pu
tto
Al0
C1
4-1
6
Co
mm
ents
Ca
lcu
late
d
no
rma
tive
m
ine
ral
ass
em
bla
ge
s
incl
ud
ing
h
ydro
us
phas
es
tha
t a
re d
eve
lop
ed
th
rou
gh
a
mp
hib
olit
e f
aci
es
me
tashy
mo
rph
ism
d
esi
gn
ed
to
allo
w t
he
min
era
l e
qu
ati
on
to
be
mo
dif
ied
Ca
lcu
late
s n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
tha
t a
re
cha
ract
eri
stic
ally
d
eshy
velo
pe
d
in
the
h
orn
ble
nd
e
gra
nu
lite
fa
cie
s o
r in
ig
ne
ou
s a
sshyse
mb
lag
es
with
hyd
rou
s p
ha
ses
Incl
ud
ed
in
ou
tpu
t a
re v
alu
es
for
Dif
fere
nti
ati
on
In
de
x N
orm
ashy
tive
Co
lou
r In
de
x an
d se
lect
ed
oxi
de
ra
tios
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
mo
dif
ied
L
ars
en
p
ara
me
ter
N
a+
iK+
C
A t
2 +
Fe
3M
g t
2 re
calc
ula
ted
to
10
0
Wa
ge
rs
Iro
n
Rat
io
Nig
gli
valu
es
SK
M v
alue
s O
san
n v
alue
s A
CF
ca
lcu
late
d t
o 1
00
Ba
rth
s s
tan
da
rd c
ell
and
mo
lecu
lar
no
rm
Ca
lcu
late
s th
e f
ollo
win
g
Po
lde
rva
art
s d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n p
ara
me
ters
C
IPW
no
rm (
an
hyd
rou
s)
pe
rce
nta
ge
co
mp
osi
tio
n o
f n
orm
ati
ve
min
era
ls
Th
orn
ton
a
nd
T
utt
les
d
iffe
ren
tia
tio
n
ind
ex
P
old
ershy
vaa
rt
an
d
Pa
rke
rs
crys
talli
zatio
n
ind
ex
W
ag
er
s a
lbit
e
ratio
V
on W
olf
f pa
ram
ete
rs
Ap
pro
xim
ate
s o
xid
e p
erc
en
tag
es
fro
m
mo
da
l an
alys
is
min
era
l co
mp
osi
tio
ns
are
de
fin
ed
in t
he
pro
gra
m b
y c
om
po
siti
on
ca
rds
whi
ch
can
be
ch
an
ge
d
to
be
tte
r co
mp
ly w
ith
ob
serv
ed
p
etr
oshy
gra
ph
ic c
ha
ract
eri
stic
s (I
e A
nA
b ra
tiOS
)
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C18
A10
C30
Al0
C2
2
t)
t
)
A10
C26
Al0
C2
8
Al0
C2
9
A10
C32
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Aer
ial
dis
trib
uti
on
m
ap
s
Ste
reo
gra
ph
ic
pro
ject
ion
Car
tesi
an c
oo
rdin
ate
s
His
tog
ram
Ko
rzh
insk
ii p
lot
(Ko
rzh
insk
ii1
95
9)
Te
rna
ry P
lot
X-V
va
ria
tion
cu
rve
Tab
le 5
X
-V p
en p
lot
pro
gra
ms
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
Ou
tpu
t
key
pu
nch
ed
co
rre
cte
d
a m
ap
pro
du
ced
on
the
da
ta f
ile
Ca
lCo
mp
X-V
dru
m p
lott
er
sam
e a
s A
10C
18
un
cou
nte
d a
nd u
nco
nshy
tou
red
Sch
mid
t ne
t pro
jecshy
tion
on t
he
Ca
lCo
mp
X-Y
d
rum
plo
tte
r
X-Y
va
ria
tion
da
ta s
he
et
X
ve
rsu
s Y
dia
gra
m o
f tw
o co
mp
on
en
ts o
n a
recshy
tan
gu
lar
gri
d
Bar
plo
t da
ta s
he
et
P
rod
uce
s a
ba
r-d
iag
ram
o
r h
isto
gra
m
Ko
rzh
insk
ii d
ata
she
et
Rig
ht a
ng
le tr
ian
gle
bas
ed
plo
t of
mu
lti-
com
po
ne
nt
syst
ems
Pen
plo
tte
r te
rna
ry d
ata
T
ern
ary
plo
t and
a li
stin
g
shee
t o
f th
e co
mp
on
en
ts
reca
lcu
late
d t
o 10
0 p
er
cen
t
sam
e as
A 1
OC
22
X-Y
va
ria
tion
dia
gra
m w
ith
a b
est
-fit
curv
e
Co
mm
ents
Plo
ttin
g
is
base
d on
th
e U
TM
g
rid
sc
ale
of
plo
ttin
g h
as t
o b
e
de
fine
d f
or e
ach
ma
p
Rad
ius
of
the
net
pa
ram
ete
r to
be
p
lott
ed
(i
e
laye
rin
g e
tc)
an
d sy
mb
ol
(122
ava
ilab
le)
used
to
rep
rese
nt
the
po
int
mu
st a
s d
efin
ed
Eac
h b
ar
ma
y be
co
mp
ose
d o
f u
p t
o fo
ur
vari
ab
les
Eac
h co
mp
on
en
t m
ay
be c
om
po
sed
of
fou
r in
div
idu
al
ele
me
nts
Cu
rve
is
calc
ula
ted
usi
ng
lea
st s
qu
are
s cr
iteri
a f
or e
ach
of
the
X-V
pa
irs
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Tab
le 6
M
ath
emat
ical
pro
gra
ms
Min
eral
Res
ou
rces
D
ivis
ion
Pro
gra
m
Nu
mb
er
A10
C24
A10
C25
A10
C27
A1
0C
33
N
VJ
A 1
OC
21
Tit
le o
f P
rog
ram
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
Sp
eci
fic
gra
vity
err
ors
Join
t fre
qu
en
cy
his
tog
ram
Elli
pse
ca
lcu
lati
on
Ca
lcu
latio
n o
f th
e
an
gle
-amp
Req
uir
ed
Inp
ut
spe
cifi
c g
ravi
ty d
ata
sh
ee
t
pu
nch
ed
ou
tpu
t of A
1 O
C24
ou
tpu
t of A
10C
03
A =
th
e m
ajo
r ax
is
B =
th
e m
ino
r a
xis
ou
tpu
t of
A 1
0C03
Ou
tpu
t
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r h
isto
gra
m
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
line
pri
nte
r lis
ting
of
corr
esp
on
de
nce
nu
mb
ers
Co
mm
ents
Re
we
igh
ed
-sa
mp
le
da
ta m
ust
be
su
pp
lied
fo
r th
e e
rro
r ca
lcu
shyla
tion
Ca
lcu
late
s C
hi
the
co
nfi
de
nce
of o
ccu
rre
nce
Use
d to
ca
lcu
late
re
fra
ctiv
e in
dic
es
for
vari
ou
s m
ine
rals
Ca
lcu
late
s-amp
-th
e
an
gle
b
etw
ee
n
the
a
zim
uth
s o
f th
e f
olia
tion
an
d fo
ld a
xis
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
adopted as the basis for assigning unique mnemonic codes A list of codes currently in use by the Mineral Resources Division is given in Appendix III
Ranking of lettera for the Franklin Method 1 A 4 0 7 H 10 T 13 R 16 C 19 G 22 B 25 J 2 E 5 U 8 Y 11 N 14 L 17 M 20 P 23 V 26 Q
3 I 6 W 9 one 12 S 15 D 18 F 21 K 24 X 27 Z double
Rul for Coding
1 First letter of each word is never deleted
2 Delete letters from right to left in above order
3 Delete only one letter in double letter occurrences
4 Continue deletion until code word reduced to predetermined size
5 Words already smaller than predetermined size are padded with blank notations to comshyplete the code
6 Blanks always occur on the right
7 Names should be coded in alphabetical order Where the code word matches a preshydetermined code word the first word has precedence The second code is adjusted by deleting the last letter included in the code and substituting the letter deleted immediately prior to formation of the code word This procedure is continued until a unique code is obtained
Discussion
The selection of qualitative and quantitative parameters for the description of basic structural petrologiC and chemical entries is critical in the development of field and laboratory data sheets Users of the sheet must agree on the definition and scope of all parameters to maintain consistent and standardized observations Strict adherence to terms that are standard to accepted authoritative geological references can only partially alleviate the above problem For the data file to be usable it is also essential to conduct periodic revision of parameters as classifications evolve together with an accompanying update of previous data
Three functional conventions provide a basis for many geologic data files
(a) right justified numerics as station numbers
(b) geographical grid identifying the station positions (Le UTM)
(C) strikes of planar features recorded as three digit azimuths with dips to the right (including dips gt90deg)
Once instituted all must be retained throughout the life of the data bank Any revision of these standards necessitates a complete update of the data file which is both time consuming and exshypensive
It is absolutely essential if the full potential of these procedures is to be realized that the geologist be completely familiar with the data sheets and the capabilities of the computer programs available for data processing The geologist must also instruct his assistants in the use of the data sheets and maintain standards within the projects data files PeriodiC verification of the data sheets in the field is esential This verification should eliminate the three most common errors of
(a) missing sheet identification code
(b) illegible mnemonic codes
(c) partial quantitative readings
It has been the authors experience that in excess of 80 of the errors fall Into the first two categories These errors are flagged by program A 10C02 (Table 1) and are thus easily detected even after keypunching A far more serious error is that of partial readings in the structural data As FORTRAN does not recognize the distinction between 0 (zero) and blanks it is imperative that only complete orientation readings are entered For example in the case where only the trend of the foliashytion is apparent and the dip not measurable entering the trend under strike and
24
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
leaving the dip blank will cause the computer to generate a horizontal dip which will be used In subsequent calculations The same problem where a reading Is not properly right Justified Is exceedingly dangerous and is usually not detected once the data Is keypunched because the format is acceptable to program A10C02 (Table 1)
One of the persistently annoying problems inherent in this type of data acquisition is the inevitable delay of transferring data from the field sheet to keypunched cards Two factors appear to be mainly responsible for the delays
(a) large volumes of data are submitted for keypunching at the same time (Le the end of the field season)
(b) staffing of the keypunching section of the Manitoba Government is geared for a steady and constant flow of data thus unusually bulky single jobs have low priority
To resolve this problem several solutions were examined Carbon copies of data sheets in the field were not implemented because of the high cost of self-carboning sheets and because of the high nuisance value of carbon papering the field sheets on the outcrop Photographic copying of the sheets in the field was found to be impractical Dispatching the accumulated sheets periodically also caused problems because of the danger of loss incurred during transit Although expensive farming-out of keypunching may be the best solution this has not yet been thoroughly tested
The arguments in favor of adopting field sheets with computer processible format are usually based on mechanical storage recall and manipulative capabilities of the system It is however equally important to stress the vastly improved qualitative and quantitative aspects of the collected data itself This improved organization allows rapid collection and manual manipulation of large volumes of data and at the same time maintains the quality and completeness of data from each station at the required level of sophistication
Past Performance
From its inception in 1966 data sheets have undergone continuous updating In nine years the data file has grown to nearly 100000 stations each containing up to 114 individual data entries (Table 7) The competent use of the data sheet has led to more consistent and complete record of information from each station Due to standardization of geologists definitions and to some extent classifications the data are applicable not just in restricted areas mapped by individuals but may be easily used in compiling large tracts mapped by users of the system
1974 Field Document Design
In keeping with our policy for continually reviewing and updating the field data sheets in the light of ongoing experience the 1974 format (Figure 3a) exhibits the following new features
1) Diversification of entry types into
a) coded for routine keypunching
b) coded for data consistency manual retrieval and ad hoc keypunching
c) project options to allow for coding of non-universal parameters peculiar to individual project objectives
d) notes for manual or machine retrieval
2) Expansion of foliation categories to allow for up to two readings per data sheet
3) Removal of joints and fabric to coded non-keypunched section
4) Addition to average layerunit thickness category
5) Expansion of sample analysis category
6) Addition of grain size record to coded - not keypunched section
7) Expansion of checklist parameters
It was recognized at an early stage in the development of the data recording procedures that there was a definite need for flexibility in the organization of the input documents to make the system as compatible as possible with individual geologists field practises Accordingly two compatible docushy
25
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Table 7 Progress of Mineral Resources Division computer data file
Size of annual Size of total Number of Numbero data file data file
Year Projects Users (stations) (stations)
1966 9 5000 5000 1967 9 6500 11500 1968 4 13 7500 19000 1969 4 13 12000 31000 1970 4 16 10900 41900 1971 5 15 17000 58900 1972 7 17 18150 77050 1973 4 12 12700 89750 1974 8 9 7400 97100
The practice of assigning individual geologist numbers to seasonal assistants was abandoned in 1969 The number of users subsequent to 1969 represents only geologists permanently attached to the Minerals Resources DiVision
In 1970 preliminary studies for two new prOjects were undertaken Although the data acquired is included in the size of the data file the preliminary studies have not been included in the total number of projects
ments are again provided an 8 x 11 size with checklist included and a smaller 7 x 5 document for use with separate flip chart checklist
Future Development
Ongoing revisions and improvements are inherent in the concept and essential to the development of any ordered data gathering methodology Not only will the existing Manitoba field documents undergo additional changes in content and format but it is hoped that new documents will be designed to cover all other aspects of the departments geological operations In this way it should then be possible to merge the data from a number of different files giving rise to a truly economic and functional data base management system Only with this sort of capability can we begin to regain the ability for overviewing regional problems based on a balanced appraisal of large numbers of intershydependent data To this end a move has already been made by UNESCO in sponsoring a world-wide appraisal of data base management systems Details of the current status of the appraisal may be found in Hutchinson 1974 It must be hoped that when a system truly designed to geologic or earth science applications is made available that the bulk of the data in hand is structured and defined with sufficient rigidity to be processed with reliability
The recent acquisition by the Manitoba Surveys Branch of a digitizer provides yet another avenue for further refining the exiting data handling procedures Initial attempts at defining or corshyrecting station coordinates using the digitizer have led to most promislng savings in time and Increase in accuracy The development of a fully automated cartographic capability is viewed as an eventual consequence of our current activities but must of course reach a point where the current high costs can be justified on an integrated user basis by the department
Acknowledgements The continuing development of the system benefitted from criticism and suggestions from the
staff of the Minerai Resources Division The authors especially thank Heinz Ambach for his sugshygestions many of which led to substantial improvements in communications between the geologist and the computer J F Stephenson designed the geochemical data sheet
List of References Ambach H
1972 Description of Computer Programs MRD unpublished
Haugh I Brisbin W C and Turek A 1967 A computer oriented field sheet for structural data Can J Earth Sci V 4 p 657-662
26
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Hutchison W W 1975 Computer-based Systems for Geological Field Data Geological Survey Paper 74-63
Korzhinskii D S 1959 Physiochemical basis of the analysis of the paragenesis of minerals ConultanD Bureau
New York
McRitchie W D 1969 A petrologic data sheet for use in the laboratory MRD Geol Pap 169
Rodgers K A and LeCouter P C 1966-70 1620 Fortran II Computer Programs Calculation of Petrochemical Parameters
Geol Dept University of Auckland
27
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Appendix I Oncrlptlon of the Combined Structurelend Petrologic Oete Sheet (1974 Formet)
NB Due to an inadvertent compiling error columns 74-80 on the structural sheet and columns 72-80 on the petrologic sheet of the 5 x 7 format are not compatible with those on the 8W x 11 format This situation will be corrected in 1975
The current structural and petrologic data sheets are shown in Figures 3a and 3b The reference section is located across the top of the combined sheet giving the identification and geographic location of the point under observation The remainder of the sheet is divided into two major vertical panels one containing structural data the other petrologic data The major panels are subdivided into columns for coding descriptive terms quantitative and qualitative data
The structural input document is constructed with space for recording only single observations on each of the various structural elements excepting foliations Additional observations on the same outcrop will require the use of additional data sheets and therefore additional computer cards For example if it is required to record the attitudes of three veins this will lead to three cards for which the reference information in columns 1-20 will be identical and the sheet identification in column 80 will vary in sequence Thus it will always be possible to identify these three cards as belonging to the same site The use of Project Options is discussed in dealing with the details of the petrological data sheet
Two rock units may be coded on each petrologic sheet with the convention of recording the major unit in column 1 More than one sheet must be used of three or more rock units and recorded Up to four sheets are allowed These are consecutively coded 6-9 under sheet identificashytion (column 80) This allows the coding of up to 8 separate rock units in 8 columns On the second and subsequent sheets the columns are automatically machine designated in numeric sequence (thus on sheet 7 columns 3-4 sheet 8 columns 5-6 etc)
Reference Section (columllll 1-20)
Each geologist is allotted a two digit code (columns 5 6) which he retains permanently (ie 01 02) Each station in the field (this may be a single outcrop or part of a large outcrop area) is identified by successive numbers 1-9999 entered right justified in columns 1-4 These numbers may be repeated from year to year but are identified for anyone year in column 7 (The remaining 3 digits for the year are added in programming for output) For each geologist this station number will also serve as a page number for the data sheet so that reference can readily be made to original notes
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid coordinates are used for documenting station locations (columns 8-20) The UTM zone Identification letters are added In programing
Structurel De (columns 22-79)
The check list (Figure 3c) contains lists of qualifying categories and parameters for each of the principal structural elements together with their corresponding codes Coding allows all descriptive terms to be represented numerically on the data sheet All coded input on the structural data sheet is numeric but the use of 0 (zero) as a code has been avoided as FORTRAN does not disshytinguish (in the I F D and E formats) between 0 and blanks
The codinglinput document contains all numerical data for the various structural element inshycluding the attitudes of planar and linear structures and the numerical codes referring to the descriptive terms All attitudes of planar structural elements are recorded as azimuths of the strike directed so as to place the dip direction to the right (ie a plane striking due south with a dip of 600 to the west would be recorded as 18060 36060 would indicate a plane with a parallel strike but with a dip to the east) For layers in which diagnostic tops can be determined overturnshying of beds is recorded by using the same convention but noting the supplement of the observed dip Thus the attitude of an overturned bed with a strike of 180 dipping 60 east would be recorded as 180120 (Where two structural elements eg layering and foliation are parallel the same attitude will be recorded for both)
Petrologic Oete (columns 22-70)
The petrologiC data sheet is used in conjunction with a check list containing the list of qualifying categories coded parameters and a subsidiary list of derived mnemonics The petrologiC data sheet in its present format requires numeric (columns 30-3335-3739-4154-5768 and 71) alphameric coding (22-29 34 3842-5358-6566-67 69-70 and 78-79) with columns 72-77 remaining optional
28
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
The categories of data which form the basis of this sheet are self-explanatory and except for the following exceptions do not require further discussion
(a) Sample Representation (columns 54-57)
This category serves a dual purpose and is only utilized if samples are collected at a station It is used to assign a unique sample number and to identify the type of sample collected
A coded entry (as specified on the check list) in anyone of the columns causes the computer to automatically generate the sample number This number consists of four elements
(i) station number (columns 1-4)
(ii) geologist number (columns 5-6)
(iii) year (column 7)
(iv) sample number (columns 46-51)
A machine generated sample number takes a i-ii-iii-iv format (Ie 25-4-1309-1A) The last digit consists of a hybrid numeric and alphameric number The numeric portion is derived from the generated numeric designation 1-6 of the rock-type column that the sample is coded in Thus rockshytype 3 will have a corresponding sample even if rock-types 1 and 2 were not sampled The alphameric generated is either A or 8 designating the sample as the first or second sample of the particular rock unit If more than two samples of the same rock-type are required box 21 of coded notes may be activated
(b) Minerals of Note (column 42-53)
This section is used in conjunction with the mnemonic check lists and may be utilized in three ways
(i) to code minerals that are critical for classifications used on the project
(ii) to code minerals that are critical for the definition of metamorphic isograds
(iii) to code the three most abundant minerals in a rock
(c) Map-Unit (columns 66-71)
Map-unit numbers are not inserted in the field unless a geologic classification for the project-area exists In practice classifications evolve as the mapping progresses thus it has been the authors exshyperience that map-units are best inserted after the mapping is concluded
(d) Project Options (columns 72-77)
These options are inserted to allow coding which is unique to individual geologists or group of geologists Its function is dependent on the individual users but it is suggested its uses be for rapid manual or machine sorting of the data
(e) Map or Subarea (columns 76-79)
This option is designed to allow rapid sorting of data by designated geographic or geological areas
Sheet Identification (column 80)
The sheet identification serves two functions
(a) it allows machine recognition and separation of structural and petrologic data (codes 1-5 are exclusive for structural data codes 6-9 for petrologic data)
(b) it is used for pagination in case of multiple entries requiring the use of more than one data sheet on one outcrop
Coded Not (column 21)
It is possible to have notes handled directly by the computer On the data sheets such notes must be written length-wise in the coded notes section of the grid panel on the sheet These notes are then written in alphameric characters in columns 21-80 of a punched card with columns 1-20 being the identification The number of such note cards must be entered in column 21 of either the preceding structural or petrologic data card depending on the relevant subject of the notes
29
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
In the present programing up to four such note cards (ie 240 alphameric characters) are allowed per page Taking into consideration that up to five pages under structure and up to four pages under petrology can be used per station in reality 2160 alphametric characters are allowed per station
Normally column 21 of the data card is left blank A number 1 to 4 in this column will instruct the computer to read the following 1 2 3 or 4 cards specified as alphameric data and to reproduce these notes with the rest of the output Codes higher than 4 in the optinal column 21 have been reserved for any future modification or additions to the system
30
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
APPENDIX II Description of the Geochemical Field Data Sheet
The main part of the data sheet (Figure 8a) comprises a Sample Data section and Collection Site Data section The former deals with the descriptive aspects of the sample whereas the latter is coded for information in the environment in which the sample was collected The parameters selected in columns 21-80 are intended to cover only those types of geochemical surveys and environments that will be encountered in Manitoba
The section at the top of the data sheet dealing with station identification (columns 1-7) and locashytion using the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system (columns 8-20) is completed in a manner similar to that for the structural and petrological field data sheets The sections headed Sample data and Collection site data are completed in the appropriate subsections by referring to the coding in the Geochemical Field Data Checklist (Figure 8b)
Sample Data Section
Specific information relating to the description of the collected sample(s) at each station will be entered in coded form in this section The sample media is first defined (column 21) and this remains the same for all sample stations in a given geochemical survey If two or more sample media are collected a different data sheet is used for each Samples collected of glacial surficial deposits or natural water may be further subdivided on the basis of their physiographic origin (Columns 31 and 32)
Physical characteristics of glacial drift soil or sediment including texture or type (columns 22 and 23) and colour (columns 24 and 25) are specified in the field A simplified standard notation of soil horizons fixes the relative positions of soil samples (columns 33 and 34) The actual depths of soil glacial drift and sediment samples below the surface is recorded in metres or centimetres (43-48) The visual appearance of water samples Ie Turbidity (column 26) and Colour (column 27) can be recorded on a scale of 1 to 9 on a comparative basis This may be carried out by grouping a series of water samples in thin translucent plastic containers and visually comparshying them with standards having the full range of turbidity and degree of colouration selected from the sample population Provision is made for recording 2 organs of a single species of vegetation per sheet (columns 35 to 37)
Bedrock outcropping in the immediate vicinity of the sample station is recorded by utilizing the four-letter petrologic mnemonic code (Franklin method) for rock names Space is provided for a major and minor rock type (columns 49 to 56) Recognizable rock fragments of residual or transported origin occurring with surficial sample material may be coded in the same way (columns 57-60)
A maximum of nine lines of coded notes may be accommodated per data sheet Where necessary the number of coded lines is numerically indicated (column 72) although normally this box is left blank and the notes serve merely as a record The number of samples themselves will be individually numbered A single box remains for the coding of miscellaneous data (column 74)
Collection Site Data Section
Relevant environmental factors affecting the nature of the geochemical sample are recorded in this section For surficial geochemical surveys including glaCial drift soils and vegetation sampling the dominant vegetation type relief and drainage conditions are parameters that can be routinely recorded at each station (columns 28 29 30) Where natural waters and sediments are being collected in streams rivers and lakes provision is made for coding flow rate (column 38) depths (for sediments column 39) and width of channel or area of water body (column 40) The location of lake sample sites relative to its drainage system is also coded (column 41) Various types of mineralization that may be encountered can be coded for quick reference (column 42) although additional notes would be inshycluded below Notable minerals which mayor may not be of economic interest can be recorded by using the two-letter mnemonic code (Franklin method)
Simple field tests including temperature and pit measurements carried out in certain geoshychemical surveys such as water sampling may be reported to the nearest degree and tenth of pH unit (columns 65-68) Provision is also made for mesurements rarely performed in the field such as Eh total heavy metal or specific heavy metal determinations (columns 69-71) The azimuth of glacial striations can be recorded where applicable (columns 75-77)
The last box on the data sheet (column 80) provides for sheet identification if more than one is used for sample station The use of two or more data sheets at each station will occur when more than one medium is being sampled andor when the number of samples collected exceeds the number that can be accommodated on each sheet
31
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
APPENDIX III MNEMONIC CODES
ROCKS
Acidic crystal tuff ACTF Diopside gneiss DPGS Acidic lapilli tuff ALTF Diorite DORT Acidic volcanic breccia AVBC Dolomite DLMT Acidic volcanic flow AVFL Dunite DUNT Acidic pebble agglomerate Acidic pebble breccia Acidic pillowed volcanic flow Acidic boulder agglomerate Acidic boulder breccia Acidic cobble agglomerate
APAG APBC APVF ABAG ABBC ACAG
Feldspar porphyry Feldspar quartz porphyry Feldspathic greywacke Feldspathic sandstone Flaser gneiss
FPPP FQPP FPGK FPSD FLGS
Acidic cobble breccia ACBC Gabbro GBBR Actinolite schist ACSC Garnetiferous amphibolite GFAB Adamellite ADML Gneiss layered GSLD Adamellitic gneiss AMGS Gossan GSSN Agmatite AGMT Granite GRNT Alaskite ALSK Granite gneiss GCCS Amphibolite AMPB Granodiorite GRDR Anatexite ANTX Granodioritic gneiss GDGS Anatexite (arkosic restite) AXAK Granulite GRNL Anatexite (greywacke restite) AXGK Granulite pyroxene GLPX Andesite ANDS Greywacke GRCK Anorthosite ANRS Grit GRIT Anorthositic gabbro Argillite Arkose
ARGB ARGL ARKS
Hornfels Hypersthene gneiss
HRFL HPGS
ArkosiC gneiss AKGS Intermediate crystal tuff ICTF Arterite ARTR Intermediate lapilli tuff ILTF
Basalt Basic crystal tuff Basic volcanic breccia Basic volcanic flow Basic boulder agglomerate Basic boulder breccia Basic cobble agglomerate Basic cobble breccia Basic pebble agglomerate Basic pebble breccia
BSLT BCTF BVBC BVFL
BBAG BBBC BCAG BCBC BPAG BPBC
Intermediate volcanic flow Intermediate volcanic breccia Intermediate volcanic flow pillowed Intermediate boulder agglomerate Intermediate boulder breccia Intermediate cobble agglomerate Intermediate cobble breccia Intermediate pebble agglomerate Intermediate pebble breccia Iron formation
IVFL IVBC IVFP IBAG IBBC ICAG ICBC IPAG IPBC IRFM
Biotite gneiss BTGS Limestone LMSN Biotite schist BTSC Lithic greywacke LCGK Boulder flow breccia BFBC
Marble MRBL Calcarenite CLCR Marl MARL Calc-silicate rock CLCC Meta-arkose MTAK Cataclasite CCLS Meta-gabbro MTGB Charnockite CRCK Meta-greywacke MTGK Chert CHRT Metasediment MTSM Cobble flow breccia CFBC Metatexite MTTX Chlorite schist CLSC Metatexite (arkosic restite) MXAK Conglomerate CGLM Metatexite (greywacke restite) MXGK Cordierite gneiss CDGS Mica schist MCSC
Dacite Diabase Diatexite
DCIT DIBS DTXT
Migmatite Monzonite Mylonite
MGMT MNZN MLNT
Diatexite (arkosic restite) DXAK Nebulitic granite NBGR Diatexite (greywacke restite) DXGK Norite NORT
32
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Orthoquartzite Oligomictic boulder conglomerate Oligomictic boulder breccia Oligomictic boulder agglomerate Oligomictic cobble conglomerate Oligomictic cobble breccia Oligomictic cobble agglomerate Oligomictic pebble conglomerate Oligomictic pebble breccia Oligomictic pebble agglomerate
Paragneiss Pebble flow breccia Polymictic pebble agglomerate Polymictic pebble breccia Polymictic pebble conglomerate Polymictic cobble agglomerate Polymictic cobble breccia Polymictic cobble conglomerate Polymictic boulder agglomerate Polymictic boulder breccia Polymictic boulder conglomerate Pegmatite Pelitic gneiss Peridotite Picrite Pillowed andesite Pillowed basalt Pillowed dacite Polymict breccia Polymict volcanic breccia Protoquartzite
MINERALS
Amphibole Actinolite Andalusite Augite Ankerite Allanite Anthophyllite Apatite Arsenopyrite
Biotite Beryl
Carbonate Calcite Cordierite Chloritoid Chlorite Chalcopyrite Chromite Copper sulphide Cli nopyroxene Clinozoisite
Dolomite Diopside
ORQZ OBCG OBBC OBAG OCCG OCBC OCAG OPCG OPBC OPAG
PGNS PFBC PPAG PPBC PPCG PCAG PCBC PCCG PBAG PBBC PBCG PGMT PCGS PRDT PCRT PDAD PDBL PDDC PMBC PVBC PRQZ
AB AC AD AG AK AL AN AP AR
BO BR
CB CC CD CH CL CP CR CS CX CZ
DM DP
Psammitic gneiss Psephitic gneiss Pyroxene amphibolite Pyroxene gneiss Pyroxenite
Quartz monzonite Quartzite
Rhyodacite Rhyolite
Sandstone Serpentinite Semipelitic gneiss Shale Siltstone Skarn Subgreywacke Syenite Sedimentary quartzite
Tonalite Tonalitic gneiss T rachyandesite Trachyte
Ultrabasic Ultramylonite Ultramafic
Veined gneiss Venite
Epidote
Fuchsite Fluorite
Glaucophane Galena Graphite Garnet Grossularite
Hornblende Hematite Hypersthene
Idocrase Iddingsite Ilmenite
Kyanite
Limonite Leucoxene
Microcline Magnetite Molybdenite
33
PMGS PPGS PXAB PXGS PRXN
QZMZ QRTZ
RDCT RYLT
SNDS SRPN SPGS SHLE SLSN SKRN SBGK SYNT
SMQZ
TNLT TCGS TRCS TRCT
ULBC ULML ULMF
VDGS VNIT
EP
FC FL
GC GL GP GR GS
HB HM HY
ID IG 1M
KN
LM
MC MG ML
LX
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34
Mesoperthite MP Muscovite MV
Orthoclase OC Olivine OV Orthopyroxene OX
Prehnite PE Potash feldspar PF Plagioclase PG Pyrrhotite PH Pyralspite PL Penninite PN Pyrophyllite PO Phlogopite PP Perthite PR Pinite PT Pyroxene PX Pyrite PY
Quartz QZ
Riebeckite RB Rutile RL
Scapolite SC Sphalerite SH Spinel SL Sillimanite SM Sphene SN Stilpnomelane SO Serpentine SP Sericite SR Staurolite ST Silica cryptocrystalline SY
Talc TC Tourmaline TL Tremolite TM
Uralite UL
Zircon ZC Zoisite ZS
34